Sema.h revision afb49189d6962f3636d6a93d09c0b495e94ac782
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 45#include <deque> 46#include <string> 47 48namespace llvm { 49 class APSInt; 50 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 51 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 52 class SmallBitVector; 53} 54 55namespace clang { 56 class ADLResult; 57 class ASTConsumer; 58 class ASTContext; 59 class ASTMutationListener; 60 class ASTReader; 61 class ASTWriter; 62 class ArrayType; 63 class AttributeList; 64 class BlockDecl; 65 class CXXBasePath; 66 class CXXBasePaths; 67 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 68 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 69 class CXXConstructorDecl; 70 class CXXConversionDecl; 71 class CXXDestructorDecl; 72 class CXXFieldCollector; 73 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 74 class CXXMethodDecl; 75 class CXXScopeSpec; 76 class CXXTemporary; 77 class CXXTryStmt; 78 class CallExpr; 79 class ClassTemplateDecl; 80 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 81 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 82 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 83 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 84 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 85 class CodeCompletionResult; 86 class Decl; 87 class DeclAccessPair; 88 class DeclContext; 89 class DeclRefExpr; 90 class DeclaratorDecl; 91 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 92 class DependentDiagnostic; 93 class DesignatedInitExpr; 94 class Designation; 95 class EnumConstantDecl; 96 class Expr; 97 class ExtVectorType; 98 class ExternalSemaSource; 99 class FormatAttr; 100 class FriendDecl; 101 class FunctionDecl; 102 class FunctionProtoType; 103 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 104 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 105 class InitListExpr; 106 class InitializationKind; 107 class InitializationSequence; 108 class InitializedEntity; 109 class IntegerLiteral; 110 class LabelStmt; 111 class LambdaExpr; 112 class LangOptions; 113 class LocalInstantiationScope; 114 class LookupResult; 115 class MacroInfo; 116 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 117 class NamedDecl; 118 class NonNullAttr; 119 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 120 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 121 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 122 class ObjCContainerDecl; 123 class ObjCImplDecl; 124 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 125 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 126 class ObjCIvarDecl; 127 template <class T> class ObjCList; 128 class ObjCMessageExpr; 129 class ObjCMethodDecl; 130 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 131 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 132 class OverloadCandidateSet; 133 class OverloadExpr; 134 class ParenListExpr; 135 class ParmVarDecl; 136 class Preprocessor; 137 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 138 class PseudoObjectExpr; 139 class QualType; 140 class StandardConversionSequence; 141 class Stmt; 142 class StringLiteral; 143 class SwitchStmt; 144 class TargetAttributesSema; 145 class TemplateArgument; 146 class TemplateArgumentList; 147 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 148 class TemplateDecl; 149 class TemplateParameterList; 150 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 151 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 152 class Token; 153 class TypeAliasDecl; 154 class TypedefDecl; 155 class TypedefNameDecl; 156 class TypeLoc; 157 class UnqualifiedId; 158 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 159 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 160 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 161 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 162 class UsingDecl; 163 class UsingShadowDecl; 164 class ValueDecl; 165 class VarDecl; 166 class VisibilityAttr; 167 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 168 class IndirectFieldDecl; 169 170namespace sema { 171 class AccessedEntity; 172 class BlockScopeInfo; 173 class CapturingScopeInfo; 174 class CompoundScopeInfo; 175 class DelayedDiagnostic; 176 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 177 class FunctionScopeInfo; 178 class LambdaScopeInfo; 179 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 180 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 181} 182 183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 186 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 187 188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 189class Sema { 190 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 191 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 192 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 193 194 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 195 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 196 197 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 198 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 199 200public: 201 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 202 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 203 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 204 205 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 206 FPOptions FPFeatures; 207 208 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 209 Preprocessor &PP; 210 ASTContext &Context; 211 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 212 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 213 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 214 215 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 216 bool CollectStats; 217 218 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 219 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 220 221 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 222 DeclContext *CurContext; 223 224 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 225 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 226 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 227 228 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 229 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 230 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 231 232 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 233 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 234 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 235 236 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 237 238 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 239 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 240 241 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 242 /// 243 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 244 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 245 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 246 247 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 248 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 249 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 250 251 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 252 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 253 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 254 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 255 256 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 257 258 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 259 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 260 /// 261 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 262 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 263 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 264 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 265 266 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 267 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 268 ExtVectorDeclsType; 269 270 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 271 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 272 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 273 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 274 275 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 276 /// definitions being hidden. 277 /// 278 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 280 281 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 282 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 283 284 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 285 286 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 287 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 288 289 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 290 291 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 292 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 293 /// same list more than once. 294 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 295 296 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 297 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 298 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 299 300 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 301 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 302 /// 303 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 304 /// scoped, e.g., 305 /// 306 /// \code 307 /// void f() { 308 /// void foo(int, int); 309 /// } 310 /// \endcode 311 /// 312 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 313 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 314 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 315 /// 316 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 317 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 318 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 319 /// compatibility. 320 /// 321 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 322 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 323 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 324 /// not visible. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 326 327 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 328 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 329 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 330 331 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 332 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 333 TentativeDefinitionsType; 334 335 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 336 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 337 338 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 339 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 340 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 341 342 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 343 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 344 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 345 346 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 348 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 351 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 352 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 353 354 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 355 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 356 /// exception spec. 357 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 358 359 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 360 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 361 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 362 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 363 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 364 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 365 366 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 367 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 368 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 369 void *OpaqueParser; 370 371 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 372 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 373 OpaqueParser = P; 374 } 375 376 class DelayedDiagnostics; 377 378 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 379 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 380 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 381 }; 382 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 383 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 384 385 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 386 /// during parsing and other processing. 387 class DelayedDiagnostics { 388 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 389 /// diagnostics should go. 390 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 391 392 public: 393 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 394 395 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 396 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 397 398 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 399 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 400 401 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 402 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 403 return CurPool; 404 } 405 406 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 407 /// collected in this pool. 408 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 409 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 410 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 411 CurPool = &pool; 412 return state; 413 } 414 415 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 416 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 417 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 418 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 419 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 420 } 421 422 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 423 /// not delayed. 424 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 425 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 426 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 427 CurPool = 0; 428 return state; 429 } 430 431 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 432 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 433 assert(CurPool == NULL); 434 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 435 } 436 } DelayedDiagnostics; 437 438 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 439 class ContextRAII { 440 private: 441 Sema &S; 442 DeclContext *SavedContext; 443 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 444 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 445 446 public: 447 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 448 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 449 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 450 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 451 { 452 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 453 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 454 } 455 456 void pop() { 457 if (!SavedContext) return; 458 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 459 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 460 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 461 SavedContext = 0; 462 } 463 464 ~ContextRAII() { 465 pop(); 466 } 467 }; 468 469 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 470 /// a function body. 471 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 472 Sema &S; 473 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 474 475 public: 476 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 477 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 478 { 479 S.PushFunctionScope(); 480 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 481 } 482 483 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 484 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 485 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 486 } 487 }; 488 489 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 490 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 491 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 492 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 493 494 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 495 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 496 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 497 /// in the currently selected standard. 498 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 499 500 501 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 502 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 503 504 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 505 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 506 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 507 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 508 /// It would be best to refactor this. 509 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 510 511 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 512 513 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 514 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 515 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 516 Scope *TUScope; 517 518 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 519 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 520 521 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 522 /// standard library. 523 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 526 /// \<initializer_list>. 527 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 528 529 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 530 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 531 532 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 533 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 534 535 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 536 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 537 538 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 539 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 540 541 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 542 QualType NSNumberPointer; 543 544 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 545 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 546 547 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 548 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 549 550 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 551 QualType NSStringPointer; 552 553 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 554 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 555 556 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 557 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 558 559 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 560 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 561 562 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 563 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 564 565 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 566 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 567 568 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 569 QualType QIDNSCopying; 570 571 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 572 /// have been declared. 573 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 574 575 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 576 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 577 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 578 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 579 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 580 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 581 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 582 /// run time. 583 Unevaluated, 584 585 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 586 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 587 /// cases in a switch statment). 588 ConstantEvaluated, 589 590 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 591 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 592 /// expression at run time. 593 PotentiallyEvaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 596 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 597 /// in fact the current expression is used. 598 /// 599 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 600 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 601 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 602 /// until the default argument is used. 603 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 604 }; 605 606 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 607 /// expression evaluation contexts. 608 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 609 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 610 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 611 612 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 613 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 614 615 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 616 bool IsDecltype; 617 618 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 619 /// this expression evaluation context. 620 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 621 622 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 623 624 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 625 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 626 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 627 628 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 629 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 630 /// default function argument. 631 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 632 633 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 634 /// within this context. 635 /// 636 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 637 /// do not have lambda expressions. 638 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 639 640 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 641 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 642 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 643 644 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 645 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 646 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 647 648 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 649 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 650 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 651 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 652 bool IsDecltype) 653 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 654 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 655 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 656 657 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 658 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 659 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 660 if (!LambdaMangle) 661 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 662 return *LambdaMangle; 663 } 664 }; 665 666 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 667 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 668 669 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 670 /// function. 671 /// 672 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 673 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 674 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 675 public: 676 enum Kind { 677 NoMemberOrDeleted, 678 Ambiguous, 679 Success 680 }; 681 682 private: 683 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 684 685 public: 686 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 687 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 688 {} 689 690 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 691 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 692 693 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 694 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 695 }; 696 697 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 698 /// for C++ records. 699 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 700 701 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 702 /// 703 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 704 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 705 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 706 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 707 /// checks. 708 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 709 710 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 711 712 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 713 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 714 715 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 716 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 717 718 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 719 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 720 /// 721 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 722 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 723 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 724 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 725 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 726 727 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 728 // argument locations. 729 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 730 731 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 732 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 733 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 734 735 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 736 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 737 738 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 739 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 740 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 741 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 742 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 743 744 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 745 /// of -Wselector. 746 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 747 748 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 749 enum CXXSpecialMember { 750 CXXDefaultConstructor, 751 CXXCopyConstructor, 752 CXXMoveConstructor, 753 CXXCopyAssignment, 754 CXXMoveAssignment, 755 CXXDestructor, 756 CXXInvalid 757 }; 758 759 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 760 761 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 762 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 763 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 764 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 765 766 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 767 768 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 769 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 770 771 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 772 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 773 /// should not be used elsewhere. 774 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 775 776 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 777 /// statements. 778 class FPContractStateRAII { 779 public: 780 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 781 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 782 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 783 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 784 } 785 private: 786 Sema& S; 787 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 788 }; 789 790public: 791 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 792 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 793 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 794 ~Sema(); 795 796 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 797 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 798 void Initialize(); 799 800 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 801 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 802 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 803 804 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 805 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 806 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 807 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 808 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 809 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 810 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 811 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 812 813 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 814 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 815 /// 816 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 817 /// 818 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 819 820 void PrintStats() const; 821 822 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 823 /// template instantiation stacks. 824 /// 825 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 826 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 827 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 828 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 829 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 830 /// well. 831 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 832 Sema &SemaRef; 833 unsigned DiagID; 834 835 public: 836 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 837 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 838 839 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 840 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 841 if (!isActive()) return; 842 843 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 844 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 845 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 846 // 847 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 848 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 849 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 850 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 851 // eliminate that code. 852 FlushCounts(); 853 Clear(); 854 855 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 856 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 857 } 858 }; 859 860 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 861 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 862 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 863 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 864 } 865 866 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 867 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 868 869 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 870 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 871 872 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 873 874 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 875 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 876 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 877 878 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 879 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 880 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 881 882 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 883 884 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 885 886 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 887 888 void PushFunctionScope(); 889 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 890 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 891 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 892 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 893 894 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 895 return FunctionScopes.back(); 896 } 897 898 void PushCompoundScope(); 899 void PopCompoundScope(); 900 901 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 902 903 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 904 905 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 906 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 907 908 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 909 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 910 911 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 912 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 913 914 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 915 916 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 917 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 918 // 919 920 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 921 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 922 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 923 } 924 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 925 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 926 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 927 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 928 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 929 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 930 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 931 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 932 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 933 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 934 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 935 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 936 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 937 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 938 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 939 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 940 SourceLocation Loc, 941 DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 943 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 944 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 945 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 946 947 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 948 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 949 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 950 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 951 952 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 953 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 954 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 955 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 956 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 957 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 958 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 959 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 960 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 961 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 962 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 963 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 964 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 965 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 966 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 967 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 968 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 969 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 970 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 971 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 972 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 973 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 974 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 975 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 976 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 977 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 978 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 979 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 980 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 981 982 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 983 984 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 985 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 986 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 987 988 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 989 struct TypeDiagnoser { 990 bool Suppressed; 991 992 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 993 994 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 995 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 996 }; 997 998 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 999 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1000 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1001 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1002 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1003 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1004 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1005 return II; 1006 } 1007 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1008 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1009 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1010 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1011 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1012 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1013 1014 template<typename T1> 1015 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1016 unsigned DiagID; 1017 const T1 &Arg1; 1018 1019 public: 1020 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1021 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1022 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1023 if (Suppressed) return; 1024 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1025 } 1026 1027 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1028 }; 1029 1030 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1031 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1032 unsigned DiagID; 1033 const T1 &Arg1; 1034 const T2 &Arg2; 1035 1036 public: 1037 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1038 const T2 &Arg2) 1039 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1040 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1041 1042 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1043 if (Suppressed) return; 1044 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1045 } 1046 1047 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1048 }; 1049 1050 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1051 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1052 unsigned DiagID; 1053 const T1 &Arg1; 1054 const T2 &Arg2; 1055 const T3 &Arg3; 1056 1057 public: 1058 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1059 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1060 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1061 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1062 1063 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1064 if (Suppressed) return; 1065 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1066 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1067 } 1068 1069 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1070 }; 1071 1072 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1073 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1074 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1075 unsigned DiagID); 1076 1077 template<typename T1> 1078 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1079 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1080 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1081 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1082 } 1083 1084 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1085 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1086 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1087 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1088 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1089 } 1090 1091 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1092 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1093 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1094 const T3 &Arg3) { 1095 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1096 Arg3); 1097 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1098 } 1099 1100 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1101 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1102 1103 template<typename T1> 1104 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1105 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1106 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1107 } 1108 1109 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1110 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1111 const T2 &Arg2) { 1112 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1113 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1114 } 1115 1116 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1117 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1118 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1119 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1120 Arg3); 1121 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1122 } 1123 1124 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1125 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1126 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1127 1128 template<typename T1> 1129 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1130 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1131 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1132 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1133 } 1134 1135 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1136 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1137 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1138 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1139 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1140 } 1141 1142 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1143 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1144 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1145 const T3 &Arg3) { 1146 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1147 Arg3); 1148 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1149 } 1150 1151 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1152 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1153 1154 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1155 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1156 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1157 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1158 SourceLocation Loc); 1159 1160 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1161 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1162 // 1163 1164 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1165 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1166 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1167 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1168 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1169 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1170 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1171 /// such as: 1172 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1173 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1174 1175 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1176 1177 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1178 1179 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1180 1181 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1182 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1183 bool isClassName = false, 1184 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1185 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1186 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1187 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1188 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1189 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1190 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1191 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1192 SourceLocation IILoc, 1193 Scope *S, 1194 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1195 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1196 1197 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1198 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1199 enum NameClassificationKind { 1200 NC_Unknown, 1201 NC_Error, 1202 NC_Keyword, 1203 NC_Type, 1204 NC_Expression, 1205 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1206 NC_TypeTemplate, 1207 NC_FunctionTemplate 1208 }; 1209 1210 class NameClassification { 1211 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1212 ExprResult Expr; 1213 TemplateName Template; 1214 ParsedType Type; 1215 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1216 1217 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1218 1219 public: 1220 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1221 1222 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1223 1224 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1225 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1226 1227 static NameClassification Error() { 1228 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1229 } 1230 1231 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1232 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1233 } 1234 1235 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1236 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1237 } 1238 1239 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1240 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1241 Result.Template = Name; 1242 return Result; 1243 } 1244 1245 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1246 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1247 Result.Template = Name; 1248 return Result; 1249 } 1250 1251 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1252 1253 ParsedType getType() const { 1254 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1255 return Type; 1256 } 1257 1258 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1259 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1260 return Expr; 1261 } 1262 1263 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1264 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1265 return Template; 1266 } 1267 1268 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1269 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1270 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1271 } 1272 }; 1273 1274 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1275 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1276 /// 1277 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1278 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1279 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1280 /// 1281 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1282 /// 1283 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1284 /// 1285 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1286 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1287 /// 1288 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1289 /// 1290 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1291 /// disambiguate the name. 1292 /// 1293 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1294 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1295 /// expression. 1296 /// 1297 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1298 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1299 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1300 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1301 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1302 const Token &NextToken, 1303 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1304 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1305 1306 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1307 1308 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1309 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1310 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1311 const LookupResult &Previous, 1312 Scope *S); 1313 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1314 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1315 DeclarationName Name, 1316 SourceLocation Loc); 1317 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1318 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1319 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1320 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1321 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1322 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1323 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1324 LookupResult &Previous); 1325 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1326 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1327 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1328 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1329 LookupResult &Previous, 1330 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1331 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1332 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1333 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1334 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1335 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1336 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1337 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1338 LookupResult &Previous, 1339 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1340 bool &AddToScope); 1341 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1342 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1343 1344 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1345 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1346 1347 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1348 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1349 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1350 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1351 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1352 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1353 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1354 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1355 SourceLocation Loc, 1356 QualType T); 1357 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1358 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1359 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1360 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1361 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1362 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1363 Expr *defarg); 1364 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1365 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1366 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1367 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1368 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1369 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1370 1371 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1372 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1373 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1374 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1375 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1376 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1377 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1378 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1379 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1380 Decl **Group, 1381 unsigned NumDecls); 1382 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1383 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1384 1385 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1386 /// documentation comments. 1387 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1388 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1389 1390 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1391 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1392 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1393 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1394 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1395 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1396 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1397 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1398 } 1399 1400 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1401 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1402 /// code for that function. 1403 /// 1404 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1405 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1406 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1407 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1408 1409 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1410 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1411 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1412 1413 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1414 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1415 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1416 1417 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1418 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1419 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1420 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1421 1422 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1423 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1424 /// specified threshold. 1425 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1426 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1427 QualType ReturnTy, 1428 NamedDecl *D); 1429 1430 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1431 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1432 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1433 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1434 1435 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1436 /// 1437 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1438 /// 1439 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1440 /// 1441 /// \param Path The module access path. 1442 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1443 ModuleIdPath Path); 1444 1445 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1446 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1447 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1448 } 1449 1450 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1451 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1452 const Preprocessor &PP); 1453 1454 /// Scope actions. 1455 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1456 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1457 1458 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1459 DeclSpec &DS); 1460 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1461 DeclSpec &DS, 1462 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1463 1464 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1465 AccessSpecifier AS, 1466 RecordDecl *Record); 1467 1468 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1469 RecordDecl *Record); 1470 1471 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1472 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1473 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1474 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1475 1476 enum TagUseKind { 1477 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1478 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1479 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1480 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1481 }; 1482 1483 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1484 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1485 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1486 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1487 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1488 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1489 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1490 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1491 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1492 1493 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1494 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1495 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1496 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1497 AttributeList *Attr, 1498 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1499 1500 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1501 unsigned TagSpec, 1502 TagUseKind TUK, 1503 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1504 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1505 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1506 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1507 1508 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1509 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1510 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1511 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1512 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1513 1514 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1515 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1516 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1517 AccessSpecifier AS); 1518 1519 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1520 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1521 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1522 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1523 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1524 SourceLocation TSSL, 1525 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1526 Declarator *D = 0); 1527 1528 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1529 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1530 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1531 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1532 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1533 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1534 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1535 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1536 1537 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1538 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1539 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1540 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1541 AttributeList *AttrList); 1542 1543 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1544 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1545 /// struct, or union). 1546 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1547 1548 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1549 1550 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1551 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1552 /// member declarations. 1553 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1554 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1555 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1556 1557 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1558 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1559 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1560 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1561 1562 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1563 1564 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1565 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1566 /// 1567 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1568 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1569 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1570 1571 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1572 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1573 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1574 1575 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1576 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1577 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1578 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1579 Expr *val); 1580 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1581 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1582 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1583 1584 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1585 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1586 AttributeList *Attrs, 1587 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1588 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1589 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1590 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1591 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1592 1593 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1594 1595 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1596 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1597 void PopDeclContext(); 1598 1599 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1600 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1601 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1602 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1603 1604 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1605 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1606 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1607 1608 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1609 1610 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1611 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1612 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1613 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1614 1615 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1616 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1617 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1618 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1619 1620 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1621 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1622 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1623 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1624 1625 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1626 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1627 1628 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1629 /// top level scope. 1630 /// 1631 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1632 /// 1633 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1634 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1635 1636 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1637 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1638 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1639 /// 1640 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1641 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1642 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1643 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1644 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1645 1646 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1647 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1648 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1649 1650 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1651 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1652 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1653 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1654 1655 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1656 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1657 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1658 VersionTuple Introduced, 1659 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1660 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1661 bool IsUnavailable, 1662 StringRef Message); 1663 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1664 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1665 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1666 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1667 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1668 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1669 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1670 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1671 1672 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1673 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1674 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1675 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1676 Scope *S); 1677 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1678 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1679 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1680 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1681 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1682 1683 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1684 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1685 enum AssignmentAction { 1686 AA_Assigning, 1687 AA_Passing, 1688 AA_Returning, 1689 AA_Converting, 1690 AA_Initializing, 1691 AA_Sending, 1692 AA_Casting 1693 }; 1694 1695 /// C++ Overloading. 1696 enum OverloadKind { 1697 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1698 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1699 Ovl_Overload, 1700 1701 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1702 /// an existing declaration. 1703 Ovl_Match, 1704 1705 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1706 /// non-function. 1707 Ovl_NonFunction 1708 }; 1709 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1710 FunctionDecl *New, 1711 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1712 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1713 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1714 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1715 1716 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1717 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1718 /// 1719 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1720 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1721 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1722 1723 ImplicitConversionSequence 1724 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1725 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1726 bool AllowExplicit, 1727 bool InOverloadResolution, 1728 bool CStyle, 1729 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1730 1731 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1732 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1733 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1734 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1735 bool InOverloadResolution, 1736 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1737 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1738 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1739 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1740 QualType &ConvertedType); 1741 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1742 QualType& ConvertedType); 1743 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1744 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1745 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1746 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1747 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1748 1749 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1750 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1751 CastKind &Kind, 1752 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1753 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1754 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1755 bool InOverloadResolution, 1756 QualType &ConvertedType); 1757 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1758 CastKind &Kind, 1759 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1760 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1761 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1762 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1763 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1764 QualType &ResultTy); 1765 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1766 1767 1768 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1769 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1770 QualType ResultType, 1771 Expr *Value, 1772 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1773 1774 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1775 ExprResult Init); 1776 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1777 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1778 ExprResult Init, 1779 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1780 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1781 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1782 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1783 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1784 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1785 1786 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1787 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1788 1789 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1790 enum CCEKind { 1791 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1792 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1793 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1794 }; 1795 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1796 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1797 1798 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1799 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1800 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1801 public: 1802 bool Suppress; 1803 bool SuppressConversion; 1804 1805 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1806 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1807 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1808 1809 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1810 /// integral or enumeration type. 1811 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1812 QualType T) = 0; 1813 1814 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1815 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1816 QualType T) = 0; 1817 1818 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1819 /// is explicit. 1820 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1821 QualType T, 1822 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1823 1824 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1825 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1826 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1827 1828 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1829 /// functions. 1830 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1831 QualType T) = 0; 1832 1833 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1834 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1835 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1836 1837 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1838 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1839 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1840 QualType T, 1841 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1842 1843 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1844 }; 1845 1846 ExprResult 1847 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1848 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1849 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1850 1851 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1852 OS_Array, 1853 OS_Dictionary, 1854 OS_Error 1855 }; 1856 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1857 1858 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1859 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1860 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1861 NamedDecl *Member); 1862 1863 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1864 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1865 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1866 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1867 1868 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1869 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1870 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1871 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1872 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1873 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1874 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1875 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1876 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1877 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1878 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1879 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1880 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1881 QualType ObjectType, 1882 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1883 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1884 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1885 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1886 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1887 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1888 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1889 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1890 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1891 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1892 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1893 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1894 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1895 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1896 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1897 QualType ObjectType, 1898 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1899 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1900 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1901 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1902 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1903 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1904 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1905 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1906 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1907 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1908 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1909 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1910 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1911 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1912 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1913 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1914 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1915 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1916 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1917 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1918 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1919 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1920 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1921 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1922 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1923 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1924 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1925 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1926 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1927 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1928 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1929 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1930 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1931 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1932 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1933 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1934 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1935 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1936 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1937 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1938 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1939 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1940 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1941 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1942 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1943 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1944 1945 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1946 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1947 1948 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1949 // identified by the expression Expr 1950 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1951 1952 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1953 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1954 // R (A) --> R(A) 1955 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1956 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1957 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1958 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1959 1960 FunctionDecl * 1961 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1962 QualType TargetType, 1963 bool Complain, 1964 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1965 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1966 1967 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1968 bool Complain = false, 1969 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1970 1971 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1972 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1973 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1974 bool Complain = false, 1975 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1976 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1977 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1978 1979 1980 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1981 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1982 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1983 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1984 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1985 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1986 1987 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1988 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1989 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1990 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1991 1992 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 1993 // range-based for loop. 1994 enum ForRangeStatus { 1995 FRS_Success, 1996 FRS_NoViableFunction, 1997 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 1998 }; 1999 2000 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2001 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2002 enum BeginEndFunction { 2003 BEF_begin, 2004 BEF_end 2005 }; 2006 2007 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2008 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2009 VarDecl *Decl, 2010 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2011 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2012 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2013 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2014 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2015 2016 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2017 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2018 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2019 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2020 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2021 Expr *ExecConfig, 2022 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2023 2024 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2025 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2026 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2027 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2028 ExprResult *Result); 2029 2030 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2031 unsigned Opc, 2032 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2033 Expr *input); 2034 2035 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2036 unsigned Opc, 2037 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2038 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2039 2040 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2041 SourceLocation RLoc, 2042 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2043 2044 ExprResult 2045 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2046 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2047 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2048 ExprResult 2049 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2050 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2051 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2052 2053 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2054 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2055 2056 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2057 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2058 /// that best represents the call. 2059 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2060 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2061 2062 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2063 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2064 bool CheckParameterNames); 2065 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2066 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2067 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2068 2069 /// \name Name lookup 2070 /// 2071 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2072 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2073 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2074 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2075 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2076 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2077 /// 2078 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2079 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2080 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2081 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2082 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2083 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2084 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2085 /// 2086 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2087 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2088 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2089 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2090 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2091 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2092 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2093 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2094 //@{ 2095 2096 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2097 enum LookupNameKind { 2098 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2099 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2100 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2101 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2102 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2103 /// structs, and unions. 2104 LookupTagName, 2105 /// Label name lookup. 2106 LookupLabel, 2107 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2108 /// class/struct/union members. 2109 LookupMemberName, 2110 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2111 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2112 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2113 LookupOperatorName, 2114 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2115 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2116 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2117 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2118 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2119 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2120 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2121 LookupNamespaceName, 2122 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2123 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2124 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2125 LookupUsingDeclName, 2126 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2127 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2128 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2129 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2130 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2131 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2132 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2133 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2134 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2135 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2136 LookupAnyName 2137 }; 2138 2139 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2140 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2141 enum RedeclarationKind { 2142 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2143 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2144 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2145 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2146 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2147 ForRedeclaration 2148 }; 2149 2150 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2151 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2152 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2153 LOLR_Error, 2154 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2155 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2156 LOLR_Cooked, 2157 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2158 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2159 LOLR_Raw, 2160 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2161 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2162 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2163 LOLR_Template 2164 }; 2165 2166 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2167 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2168 bool ConstArg, 2169 bool VolatileArg, 2170 bool RValueThis, 2171 bool ConstThis, 2172 bool VolatileThis); 2173 2174private: 2175 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2176 2177 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2178 // 2179 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2180 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2181 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2182 2183 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2184 /// source. 2185 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2186 2187public: 2188 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2189 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2190 /// 2191 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2192 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2193 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2194 SourceLocation Loc, 2195 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2196 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2197 = NotForRedeclaration); 2198 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2199 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2200 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2201 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2202 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2203 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2204 bool EnteringContext = false); 2205 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2206 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2207 = NotForRedeclaration); 2208 2209 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2210 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2211 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2212 2213 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2214 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2215 2216 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2217 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2218 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2219 unsigned Quals); 2220 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2221 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2222 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2223 unsigned Quals); 2224 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2225 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2226 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2227 2228 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2229 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2230 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2231 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2232 2233 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2234 SourceLocation Loc, 2235 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2236 ADLResult &Functions); 2237 2238 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2239 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2240 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2241 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2242 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2243 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2244 2245 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2246 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2247 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2248 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2249 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2250 bool EnteringContext = false, 2251 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2252 2253 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2254 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2255 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2256 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2257 2258 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2259 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2260 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2261 2262 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2263 //@} 2264 2265 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2266 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2267 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2268 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2269 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2270 SourceLocation Loc); 2271 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2272 Scope *S); 2273 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2274 2275 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2276 2277 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2278 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2279 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2280 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2281 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2282 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2283 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2284 2285 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2286 2287 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2288 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2289 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2290 2291 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2292 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2293 SourceRange Range); 2294 2295 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2296 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2297 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2298 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2299 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2300 2301 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2302 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2303 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2304 2305 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2306 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2307 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2308 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2309 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2310 2311 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2312 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2313 2314 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2315 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2316 2317 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2318 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2319 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2320 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2321 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2322 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2323 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2324 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2325 2326 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2327 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2328 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2329 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2330 SourceLocation Loc); 2331 2332 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2333 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2334 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2335 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2336 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2337 2338 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2339 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2340 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2341 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2342 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2343 2344 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2345 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2346 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2347 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2348 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2349 2350 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2351 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2352 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2353 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2354 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2355 2356 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2357 /// class extensions. 2358 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2359 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2360 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2361 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2362 Selector GetterSel, 2363 Selector SetterSel, 2364 const bool isAssign, 2365 const bool isReadWrite, 2366 const unsigned Attributes, 2367 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2368 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2369 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2370 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2371 2372 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2373 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2374 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2375 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2376 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2377 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2378 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2379 Selector GetterSel, 2380 Selector SetterSel, 2381 const bool isAssign, 2382 const bool isReadWrite, 2383 const unsigned Attributes, 2384 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2385 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2386 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2387 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2388 2389 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2390 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2391 /// setter or getter. 2392 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2393 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2394 2395 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2396 2397 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2398 2399 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2400 MMS_loose, 2401 MMS_strict 2402 }; 2403 2404 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2405 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2406 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2407 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2408 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2409 2410 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2411 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2412 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2413 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2414 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2415 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2416 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2417 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2418 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2419 bool ImmediateClass, 2420 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2421 2422 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2423 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2424 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2425 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2426 2427 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2428 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2429 2430private: 2431 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2432 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2433 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2434 2435 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2436 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2437 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2438 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2439 bool warn, bool instance); 2440 2441public: 2442 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2443 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2444 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2445 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2446 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2447 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2448 } 2449 2450 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2451 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2452 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2453 } 2454 2455 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2456 /// pool. 2457 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2458 2459 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2460 /// there are multiple signatures. 2461 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2462 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2463 bool warn=true) { 2464 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2465 warn, /*instance*/true); 2466 } 2467 2468 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2469 /// there are multiple signatures. 2470 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2471 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2472 bool warn=true) { 2473 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2474 warn, /*instance*/false); 2475 } 2476 2477 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2478 /// implementation. 2479 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2480 2481 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2482 /// initialization. 2483 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2484 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2485 2486 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2487 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2488public: 2489 class FullExprArg { 2490 public: 2491 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2492 2493 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2494 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2495 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2496 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2497 2498 ExprResult release() { 2499 return E; 2500 } 2501 2502 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2503 2504 Expr *operator->() { 2505 return E; 2506 } 2507 2508 private: 2509 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2510 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2511 friend class Sema; 2512 2513 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2514 2515 Expr *E; 2516 }; 2517 2518 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2519 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2520 } 2521 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2522 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2523 } 2524 2525 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2526 2527 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2528 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2529 2530 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2531 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2532 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2533 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2534 bool isStmtExpr); 2535 2536 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2537 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2538 public: 2539 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2540 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2541 } 2542 2543 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2544 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2545 } 2546 2547 private: 2548 Sema &S; 2549 }; 2550 2551 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2552 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2553 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2554 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2555 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2556 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2557 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2558 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2559 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2560 2561 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2562 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2563 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2564 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2565 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2566 2567 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2568 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2569 Stmt *SubStmt); 2570 2571 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2572 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2573 Stmt *ThenVal, 2574 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2575 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2576 Expr *Cond, 2577 Decl *CondVar); 2578 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2579 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2580 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2581 FullExprArg Cond, 2582 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2583 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2584 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2585 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2586 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2587 2588 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2589 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2590 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2591 Decl *SecondVar, 2592 FullExprArg Third, 2593 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2594 Stmt *Body); 2595 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2596 Expr *collection); 2597 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2598 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2599 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2600 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2601 2602 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2603 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2604 BFRK_Build, 2605 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2606 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2607 BFRK_Rebuild, 2608 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2609 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2610 BFRK_Check 2611 }; 2612 2613 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2614 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2615 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2616 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2617 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2618 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2619 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2620 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2621 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2622 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2623 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2624 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2625 2626 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2627 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2628 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2629 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2630 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2631 Expr *DestExp); 2632 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2633 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2634 2635 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2636 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2637 2638 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2639 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2640 2641 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2642 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2643 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2644 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2645 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2646 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2647 2648 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2649 unsigned &Size); 2650 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2651 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2652 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2653 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2654 2655 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2656 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2657 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2658 bool Invalid = false); 2659 2660 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2661 2662 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2663 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2664 2665 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2666 2667 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2668 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2669 2670 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2671 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2672 Scope *CurScope); 2673 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2674 Expr *operand); 2675 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2676 Expr *SynchExpr, 2677 Stmt *SynchBody); 2678 2679 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2680 2681 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2682 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2683 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2684 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2685 2686 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2687 2688 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2689 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2690 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2691 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2692 2693 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2694 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2695 Stmt *TryBlock, 2696 Stmt *Handler); 2697 2698 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2699 Expr *FilterExpr, 2700 Stmt *Block); 2701 2702 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2703 Stmt *Block); 2704 2705 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2706 2707 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2708 2709 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2710 /// of it. 2711 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2712 2713 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2714 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2715 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2716 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2717 2718 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2719 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2720 /// 2721 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2722 /// if (condition); 2723 /// do_stuff(); 2724 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2725 const Stmt *Body, 2726 unsigned DiagID); 2727 2728 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2729 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2730 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2731 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2732 2733 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2734 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2735 } 2736 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2737 2738 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2739 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2740 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2741 } 2742 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2743 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2744 } 2745 2746 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2747 2748 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2749 SourceLocation Loc, 2750 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2751 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2752 2753 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2754 2755 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2756 StringRef message); 2757 2758 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2759 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2760 2761 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2762 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2763 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2764 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2765 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2766 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2767 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2768 SourceLocation Loc); 2769 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2770 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2771 2772 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2773 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2774 bool IsDecltype = false); 2775 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2776 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2777 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2778 bool IsDecltype = false); 2779 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2780 2781 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2782 2783 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2784 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2785 2786 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2787 2788 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2789 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2790 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2791 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2792 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2793 // named expressions. 2794 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2795 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2796 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2797 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2798 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2799 2800 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2801 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2802 2803 enum TryCaptureKind { 2804 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2805 }; 2806 2807 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2808 /// 2809 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2810 /// 2811 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2812 /// 2813 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2814 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2815 /// 2816 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2817 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2818 /// 2819 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2820 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2821 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2822 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2823 /// 2824 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2825 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2826 /// variable can be captured. 2827 /// 2828 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2829 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2830 /// captured. 2831 /// 2832 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2833 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2834 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2835 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2836 QualType &CaptureType, 2837 QualType &DeclRefType); 2838 2839 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2840 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2841 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2842 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2843 2844 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2845 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2846 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2847 2848 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2849 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2850 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2851 2852 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2853 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2854 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2855 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2856 bool ForceComplain = false, 2857 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2858 2859 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2860 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2861 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2862 2863 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2864 /// evaluation context. 2865 /// 2866 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2867 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2868 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2869 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2870 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2871 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2872 2873 // Primary Expressions. 2874 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2875 2876 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2877 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2878 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2879 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2880 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2881 2882 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2883 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2884 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2885 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2886 2887 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2888 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2889 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2890 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2891 2892 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2893 IdentifierInfo *II, 2894 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2895 2896 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2897 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2898 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2899 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2900 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2901 2902 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2903 ExprValueKind VK, 2904 SourceLocation Loc, 2905 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2906 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2907 ExprValueKind VK, 2908 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2909 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2910 ExprResult 2911 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2912 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2913 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2914 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2915 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2916 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2917 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2918 LookupResult &R, 2919 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2920 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2921 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2922 LookupResult &R, 2923 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2924 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2925 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2926 const LookupResult &R, 2927 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2928 2929 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2930 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2931 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2932 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2933 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2934 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2935 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2936 2937 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2938 LookupResult &R, 2939 bool NeedsADL); 2940 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2941 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2942 NamedDecl *D); 2943 2944 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2945 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2946 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2947 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2948 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2949 2950 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2951 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2952 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2953 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2954 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2955 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2956 SourceLocation R, 2957 MultiExprArg Val); 2958 2959 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2960 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2961 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2962 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2963 2964 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2965 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2966 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2967 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2968 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2969 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2970 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2971 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2972 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2973 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2974 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2975 Expr **Exprs, 2976 unsigned NumAssocs); 2977 2978 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2979 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2980 Expr *InputExpr); 2981 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2982 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2983 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2984 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2985 2986 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2987 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2988 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2989 SourceRange R); 2990 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2991 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2992 ExprResult 2993 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2994 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2995 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2996 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2997 2998 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2999 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3000 3001 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3002 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3003 SourceRange ExprRange, 3004 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3005 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3006 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3007 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3008 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3009 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3010 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3011 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3012 3013 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3014 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3015 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3016 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3017 3018 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3019 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3020 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3021 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3022 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3023 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3024 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3025 3026 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3027 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3028 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3029 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3030 // defines a custom operator->). 3031 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3032 Scope *S; 3033 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3034 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3035 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3036 }; 3037 3038 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3039 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3040 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3041 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3042 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3043 LookupResult &R, 3044 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3045 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3046 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3047 3048 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3049 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3050 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3051 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3052 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3053 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3054 3055 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3056 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3057 const LookupResult &R); 3058 3059 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3060 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3061 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3062 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3063 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3064 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3065 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3066 3067 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3068 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3069 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3070 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3071 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3072 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3073 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3074 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3075 3076 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3077 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3078 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3079 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3080 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3081 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3082 bool ExecConfig = false); 3083 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3084 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3085 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3086 3087 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3088 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3089 /// locations. 3090 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3091 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3092 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3093 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3094 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3095 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3096 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3097 Expr *Config = 0, 3098 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3099 3100 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3101 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3102 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3103 3104 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3105 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3106 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3107 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3108 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3109 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3110 Expr *Op); 3111 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3112 3113 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3114 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3115 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3116 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3117 3118 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3119 3120 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3121 ParsedType Ty, 3122 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3123 Expr *InitExpr); 3124 3125 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3126 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3127 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3128 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3129 3130 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3131 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3132 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3133 3134 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3135 SourceLocation Loc, 3136 bool GNUSyntax, 3137 ExprResult Init); 3138 3139 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3140 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3141 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3142 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3143 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3144 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3145 3146 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3147 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3148 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3149 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3150 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3151 3152 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3153 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3154 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3155 3156 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3157 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3158 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3159 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3160 3161 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3162 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3163 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3164 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3165 union { 3166 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3167 Expr *E; 3168 } U; 3169 }; 3170 3171 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3172 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3173 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3174 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3175 unsigned NumComponents, 3176 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3177 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3178 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3179 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3180 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3181 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3182 unsigned NumComponents, 3183 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3184 3185 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3186 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3187 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3188 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3189 3190 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3191 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3192 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3193 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3194 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3195 3196 // __null 3197 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3198 3199 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3200 3201 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3202 enum IfExistsResult { 3203 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3204 IER_Exists, 3205 3206 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3207 IER_DoesNotExist, 3208 3209 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3210 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3211 IER_Dependent, 3212 3213 /// \brief An error occurred. 3214 IER_Error 3215 }; 3216 3217 IfExistsResult 3218 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3219 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3220 3221 IfExistsResult 3222 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3223 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3224 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3225 3226 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3227 bool IsIfExists, 3228 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3229 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3230 Stmt *Nested); 3231 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3232 bool IsIfExists, 3233 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3234 Stmt *Nested); 3235 3236 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3237 3238 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3239 /// started. 3240 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3241 3242 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3243 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3244 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3245 Scope *CurScope); 3246 3247 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3248 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3249 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3250 3251 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3252 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3253 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3254 Scope *CurScope); 3255 3256 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3257 3258 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3259 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3260 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3261 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3262 3263 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3264 3265 // Act on C++ namespaces 3266 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3267 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3268 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3269 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3270 SourceLocation LBrace, 3271 AttributeList *AttrList); 3272 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3273 3274 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3275 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3276 3277 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3278 3279 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3280 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3281 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3282 3283 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3284 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3285 /// 3286 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3287 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3288 3289 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3290 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3291 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3292 3293 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3294 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3295 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3296 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3297 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3298 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3299 AttributeList *AttrList); 3300 3301 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3302 3303 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3304 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3305 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3306 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3307 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3308 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3309 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3310 3311 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3312 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3313 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3314 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3315 NamedDecl *Target); 3316 3317 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3318 bool isTypeName, 3319 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3320 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3321 const LookupResult &Previous); 3322 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3323 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3324 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3325 3326 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3327 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3328 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3329 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3330 AttributeList *AttrList, 3331 bool IsInstantiation, 3332 bool IsTypeName, 3333 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3334 3335 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3336 3337 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3338 AccessSpecifier AS, 3339 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3340 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3341 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3342 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3343 AttributeList *AttrList, 3344 bool IsTypeName, 3345 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3346 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3347 AccessSpecifier AS, 3348 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3349 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3350 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3351 TypeResult Type); 3352 3353 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3354 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3355 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3356 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3357 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3358 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3359 3360 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3361 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3362 /// 3363 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3364 ExprResult 3365 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3366 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3367 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3368 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3369 3370 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3371 // the constructor can be elidable? 3372 ExprResult 3373 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3374 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3375 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3376 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3377 SourceRange ParenRange); 3378 3379 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3380 /// the default expr if needed. 3381 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3382 FunctionDecl *FD, 3383 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3384 3385 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3386 /// constructed variable. 3387 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3388 3389 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3390 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3391 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3392 // Pointer to allow copying 3393 Sema *Self; 3394 // We order exception specifications thus: 3395 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3396 // throw() comes next. 3397 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3398 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3399 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3400 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3401 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3402 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3403 3404 void ClearExceptions() { 3405 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3406 Exceptions.clear(); 3407 } 3408 3409 public: 3410 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3411 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3412 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3413 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3414 } 3415 3416 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3417 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3418 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3419 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3420 return ComputedEST; 3421 } 3422 3423 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3424 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3425 3426 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3427 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3428 3429 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3430 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3431 3432 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3433 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3434 3435 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3436 /// computed exception specification. 3437 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3438 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3439 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3440 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3441 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3442 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3443 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3444 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3445 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3446 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3447 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3448 tok::kw_false).take(); 3449 } 3450 } 3451 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3452 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3453 getEPI(EPI); 3454 return EPI; 3455 } 3456 }; 3457 3458 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3459 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3460 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3461 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3462 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3463 3464 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3465 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3466 /// will be const. 3467 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3468 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3469 3470 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3471 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3472 /// parameter will be const. 3473 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3474 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3475 3476 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3477 /// constructor of a class will have. 3478 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3479 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3480 3481 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3482 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3483 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3484 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3485 3486 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3487 /// destructor of a class will have. 3488 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3489 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3490 3491 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3492 /// special member function. 3493 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3494 3495 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3496 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3497 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3498 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3499 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3500 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3501 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3502 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3503 3504 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3505 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3506 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3507 bool Diagnose = false); 3508 3509 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3510 /// 3511 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3512 /// default constructor will be added. 3513 /// 3514 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3515 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3516 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3517 3518 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3519 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3520 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3521 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3522 3523 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3524 /// 3525 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3526 /// destructor will be added. 3527 /// 3528 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3529 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3530 3531 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3532 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3533 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3534 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3535 3536 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3537 /// 3538 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3539 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3540 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3541 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3542 3543 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3544 /// 3545 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3546 /// constructors will be added. 3547 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3548 3549 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3550 /// 3551 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3552 /// copy constructor will be added. 3553 /// 3554 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3555 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3556 3557 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3558 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3559 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3560 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3561 3562 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3563 /// 3564 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3565 /// move constructor will be added. 3566 /// 3567 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3568 /// declared. 3569 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3570 3571 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3572 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3573 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3574 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3575 3576 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3577 /// 3578 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3579 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3580 /// 3581 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3582 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3583 3584 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3585 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3586 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3587 3588 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3589 /// 3590 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3591 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3592 /// 3593 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3594 /// wasn't declared. 3595 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3596 3597 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3598 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3599 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3600 3601 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3602 /// class. 3603 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3604 3605 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3606 /// special member function. 3607 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3608 3609 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3610 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3611 /// 3612 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3613 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3614 3615 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3616 /// member function. 3617 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3618 3619 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3620 /// static member function. 3621 /// 3622 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3623 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3624 3625 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3626 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3627 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3628 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3629 3630 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3631 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3632 SourceLocation Loc, 3633 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3634 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3635 3636 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3637 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3638 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3639 ParsedType ObjectType, 3640 bool EnteringContext); 3641 3642 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3643 3644 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3645 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3646 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3647 3648 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3649 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3650 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3651 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3652 Declarator &D, 3653 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3654 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3655 Expr *E, 3656 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3657 3658 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3659 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3660 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3661 Expr *E, 3662 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3663 SourceRange Parens); 3664 3665 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3666 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3667 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3668 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3669 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3670 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3671 Expr *Operand, 3672 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3673 3674 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3675 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3676 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3677 void *TyOrExpr, 3678 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3679 3680 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3681 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3682 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3683 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3684 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3685 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3686 Expr *Operand, 3687 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3688 3689 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3690 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3691 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3692 void *TyOrExpr, 3693 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3694 3695 3696 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3697 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3698 3699 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3700 /// 3701 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3702 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3703 3704 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3705 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3706 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3707 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3708 3709 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3710 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3711 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3712 Sema &S; 3713 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3714 bool Enabled; 3715 3716 public: 3717 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3718 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3719 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3720 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3721 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3722 bool Enabled = true); 3723 3724 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3725 }; 3726 3727 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3728 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3729 /// 3730 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3731 /// 3732 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3733 /// capture list. 3734 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3735 3736 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3737 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3738 /// being defined. 3739 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3740 3741 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3742 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3743 3744 3745 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3746 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3747 3748 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3749 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3750 3751 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3752 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3753 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3754 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3755 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3756 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3757 3758 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3759 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3760 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3761 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3762 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3763 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3764 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3765 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3766 3767 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3768 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3769 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3770 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3771 3772 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3773 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3774 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3775 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3776 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3777 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3778 Expr *Initializer); 3779 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3780 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3781 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3782 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3783 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3784 QualType AllocType, 3785 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3786 Expr *ArraySize, 3787 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3788 Expr *Initializer, 3789 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3790 3791 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3792 SourceRange R); 3793 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3794 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3795 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3796 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3797 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3798 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3799 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3800 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3801 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3802 bool Diagnose = true); 3803 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3804 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3805 QualType Argument, 3806 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3807 3808 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3809 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3810 bool Diagnose = true); 3811 3812 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3813 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3814 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3815 Expr *Operand); 3816 3817 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3818 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3819 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3820 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3821 3822 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3823 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3824 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3825 SourceLocation RParen); 3826 3827 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3828 /// pseudo-functions. 3829 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3830 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3831 ParsedType Ty, 3832 SourceLocation RParen); 3833 3834 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3835 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3836 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3837 SourceLocation RParen); 3838 3839 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3840 /// pseudo-functions. 3841 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3842 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3843 ParsedType LhsTy, 3844 ParsedType RhsTy, 3845 SourceLocation RParen); 3846 3847 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3848 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3849 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3850 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3851 SourceLocation RParen); 3852 3853 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3854 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3855 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3856 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3857 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3858 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3859 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3860 3861 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3862 /// pseudo-functions. 3863 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3864 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3865 ParsedType LhsTy, 3866 Expr *DimExpr, 3867 SourceLocation RParen); 3868 3869 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3870 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3871 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3872 Expr *DimExpr, 3873 SourceLocation RParen); 3874 3875 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3876 /// pseudo-functions. 3877 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3878 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3879 Expr *Queried, 3880 SourceLocation RParen); 3881 3882 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3883 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3884 Expr *Queried, 3885 SourceLocation RParen); 3886 3887 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3888 Expr *Base, 3889 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3890 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3891 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3892 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3893 3894 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3895 3896 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3897 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3898 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3899 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3900 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3901 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3902 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3903 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3904 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3905 3906 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3907 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3908 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3909 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3910 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3911 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3912 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3913 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3914 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3915 3916 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3917 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3918 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3919 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3920 const DeclSpec& DS, 3921 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3922 3923 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3924 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3925 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3926 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3927 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3928 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3929 3930 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3931 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3932 : SourceLocation()); 3933 } 3934 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3935 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3936 3937 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3938 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3939 3940 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3941 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3942 bool EnteringContext = false); 3943 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3944 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3945 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3946 3947 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3948 /// 3949 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3950 /// 3951 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3952 /// 3953 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3954 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3955 /// 3956 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3957 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3958 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3959 3960 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3961 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3962 3963 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3964 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3965 IdentifierInfo &II, 3966 ParsedType ObjectType); 3967 3968 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3969 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3970 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3971 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3972 QualType ObjectType, 3973 bool EnteringContext, 3974 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3975 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3976 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3977 3978 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3979 /// 3980 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3981 /// 3982 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3983 /// 3984 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3985 /// 3986 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3987 /// 3988 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3989 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3990 /// 3991 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3992 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3993 /// 3994 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3995 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3996 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3997 /// including this new type). 3998 /// 3999 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4000 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4001 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4002 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4003 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4004 ParsedType ObjectType, 4005 bool EnteringContext, 4006 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4007 4008 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4009 4010 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4011 const DeclSpec &DS, 4012 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4013 4014 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4015 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4016 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4017 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4018 ParsedType ObjectType, 4019 bool EnteringContext); 4020 4021 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4022 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4023 /// 4024 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4025 /// 4026 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4027 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4028 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4029 /// including this new type). 4030 /// 4031 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4032 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4033 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4034 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4035 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4036 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4037 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4038 /// 4039 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4040 /// nested-name-specifier. 4041 /// 4042 /// 4043 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4044 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4045 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4046 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4047 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4048 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4049 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4050 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4051 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4052 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4053 bool EnteringContext); 4054 4055 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4056 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4057 /// nested-name-specifier. 4058 /// 4059 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4060 /// 4061 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4062 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4063 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4064 4065 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4066 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4067 /// 4068 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4069 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4070 /// 4071 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4072 /// 4073 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4074 /// of the annotation pointer. 4075 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4076 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4077 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4078 4079 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4080 4081 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4082 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4083 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4084 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4085 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4086 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4087 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4088 4089 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4090 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4091 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4092 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4093 /// defining scope. 4094 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4095 4096 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4097 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4098 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4099 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4100 /// class X. 4101 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4102 4103 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4104 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4105 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4106 4107 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4108 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4109 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4110 bool KnownDependent); 4111 4112 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4113 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4114 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4115 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4116 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4117 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4118 4119 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4120 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4121 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4122 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4123 bool ExplicitParams, 4124 bool ExplicitResultType, 4125 bool Mutable); 4126 4127 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4128 /// given lambda. 4129 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4130 4131 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4132 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4133 4134 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4135 /// statements present in the body. 4136 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4137 4138 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4139 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4140 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4141 /// lambda. 4142 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4143 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4144 4145 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4146 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4147 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4148 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4149 4150 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4151 /// was successfully completed. 4152 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4153 Scope *CurScope, 4154 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4155 4156 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4157 /// function pointer. 4158 /// 4159 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4160 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4161 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4162 /// block pointer conversion. 4163 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4164 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4165 4166 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4167 /// block pointer. 4168 /// 4169 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4170 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4171 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4172 /// block pointer conversion. 4173 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4174 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4175 4176 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4177 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4178 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4179 Expr *Src); 4180 4181 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4182 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4183 Expr **Strings, 4184 unsigned NumStrings); 4185 4186 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4187 4188 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4189 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4190 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4191 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4192 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4193 bool Value); 4194 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4195 4196 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4197 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4198 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4199 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4200 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4201 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4202 4203 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4204 Expr *IndexExpr, 4205 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4206 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4207 4208 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4209 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4210 unsigned NumElements); 4211 4212 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4213 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4214 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4215 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4216 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4217 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4218 4219 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4220 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4221 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4222 ParsedType Ty, 4223 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4224 4225 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4226 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4227 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4228 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4229 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4230 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4231 4232 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4233 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4234 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4235 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4236 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4237 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4238 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4239 4240 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4241 // C++ Declarations 4242 // 4243 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4244 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4245 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4246 StringRef Lang, 4247 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4248 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4249 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4250 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4251 4252 4253 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4254 // C++ Classes 4255 // 4256 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4257 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4258 4259 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4260 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4261 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4262 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4263 4264 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4265 Declarator &D, 4266 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4267 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4268 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4269 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4270 Expr *Init); 4271 4272 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4273 Scope *S, 4274 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4275 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4276 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4277 const DeclSpec &DS, 4278 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4279 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4280 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4281 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4282 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4283 4284 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4285 Scope *S, 4286 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4287 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4288 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4289 const DeclSpec &DS, 4290 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4291 Expr *InitList, 4292 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4293 4294 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4295 Scope *S, 4296 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4297 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4298 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4299 const DeclSpec &DS, 4300 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4301 Expr *Init, 4302 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4303 4304 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4305 Expr *Init, 4306 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4307 4308 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4309 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4310 Expr *Init, 4311 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4312 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4313 4314 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4315 Expr *Init, 4316 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4317 4318 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4319 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4320 4321 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4322 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4323 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4324 4325 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4326 4327 4328 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4329 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4330 /// referenced. 4331 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4332 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4333 4334 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4335 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4336 /// first use occurred. 4337 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4338 4339 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4340 /// materialized. 4341 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4342 4343 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4344 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4345 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4346 /// by code generation). 4347 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4348 4349 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4350 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4351 4352 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4354 DynamicClassesType; 4355 4356 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4357 /// unit. 4358 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4359 4360 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4361 /// given location. 4362 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4363 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4364 4365 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4366 /// in the given class as needed. 4367 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4368 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4369 4370 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4371 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4372 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4373 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4374 4375 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4376 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4377 /// vtables. 4378 /// 4379 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4380 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4381 4382 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4383 4384 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4385 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4386 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4387 unsigned NumMemInits, 4388 bool AnyErrors); 4389 4390 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4391 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4392 Decl *TagDecl, 4393 SourceLocation LBrac, 4394 SourceLocation RBrac, 4395 AttributeList *AttrList); 4396 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4397 4398 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4399 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4400 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4401 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4402 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4403 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4404 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4405 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4406 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4407 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4408 4409 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4410 Expr *AssertExpr, 4411 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4412 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4413 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4414 Expr *AssertExpr, 4415 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4416 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4417 bool Failed); 4418 4419 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4420 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4421 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4422 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4423 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4424 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4425 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4426 4427 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4428 StorageClass& SC); 4429 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4430 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4431 StorageClass& SC); 4432 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4433 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4434 StorageClass& SC); 4435 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4436 4437 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4438 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4439 4440 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4441 // C++ Derived Classes 4442 // 4443 4444 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4445 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4446 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4447 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4448 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4449 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4450 4451 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4452 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4453 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4454 ParsedType basetype, 4455 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4456 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4457 4458 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4459 unsigned NumBases); 4460 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4461 unsigned NumBases); 4462 4463 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4464 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4465 4466 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4467 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4468 4469 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4470 4471 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4472 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4473 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4474 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4475 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4476 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4477 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4478 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4479 DeclarationName Name, 4480 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4481 4482 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4483 4484 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4485 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4486 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4487 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4488 4489 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4490 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4491 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4492 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4493 4494 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4495 4496 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4497 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4498 4499 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4500 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4501 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4502 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4503 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4504 4505 4506 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4507 // C++ Access Control 4508 // 4509 4510 enum AccessResult { 4511 AR_accessible, 4512 AR_inaccessible, 4513 AR_dependent, 4514 AR_delayed 4515 }; 4516 4517 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4518 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4519 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4520 4521 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4522 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4523 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4524 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4525 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4526 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4527 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4528 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4529 bool Diagnose = true); 4530 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4531 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4532 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4533 AccessSpecifier Access, 4534 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4535 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4536 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4537 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4538 AccessSpecifier Access, 4539 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4540 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4541 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4542 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4543 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4544 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4545 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4546 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4547 Expr *ArgExpr, 4548 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4549 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4550 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4551 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4552 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4553 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4554 unsigned DiagID, 4555 bool ForceCheck = false, 4556 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4557 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4558 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4559 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4560 AccessSpecifier access, 4561 QualType objectType); 4562 4563 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4564 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4565 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4566 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4567 4568 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4569 4570 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4571 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4572 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4573 4574 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4575 AbstractNone = -1, 4576 AbstractReturnType, 4577 AbstractParamType, 4578 AbstractVariableType, 4579 AbstractFieldType, 4580 AbstractIvarType, 4581 AbstractArrayType 4582 }; 4583 4584 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4585 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4586 template<typename T1> 4587 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4588 unsigned DiagID, 4589 const T1 &Arg1) { 4590 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4591 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4592 } 4593 4594 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4595 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4596 unsigned DiagID, 4597 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4598 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4599 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4600 } 4601 4602 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4603 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4604 unsigned DiagID, 4605 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4606 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4607 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4608 } 4609 4610 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4611 4612 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4613 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4614 4615 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4616 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4617 // 4618 4619 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4620 4621 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4622 4623 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4624 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4625 // 4626 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4627 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4628 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4629 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4630 4631 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4632 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4633 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4634 4635 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4636 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4637 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4638 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4639 ParsedType ObjectType, 4640 bool EnteringContext, 4641 TemplateTy &Template, 4642 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4643 4644 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4645 SourceLocation IILoc, 4646 Scope *S, 4647 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4648 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4649 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4650 4651 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4652 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4653 4654 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4655 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4656 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4657 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4658 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4659 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4660 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4661 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4662 4663 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4664 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4665 unsigned Depth, 4666 unsigned Position, 4667 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4668 Expr *DefaultArg); 4669 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4670 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4671 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4672 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4673 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4674 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4675 unsigned Depth, 4676 unsigned Position, 4677 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4678 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4679 4680 TemplateParameterList * 4681 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4682 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4683 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4684 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4685 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4686 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4687 4688 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4689 /// list. 4690 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4691 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4692 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4693 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4694 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4695 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4696 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4697 }; 4698 4699 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4700 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4701 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4702 TemplateParameterList * 4703 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4704 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4705 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4706 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4707 unsigned NumParamLists, 4708 bool IsFriend, 4709 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4710 bool &Invalid); 4711 4712 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4713 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4714 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4715 AttributeList *Attr, 4716 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4717 AccessSpecifier AS, 4718 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4719 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4720 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4721 4722 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4723 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4724 4725 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4726 4727 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4728 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4729 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4730 4731 TypeResult 4732 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4733 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4734 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4735 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4736 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4737 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4738 4739 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4740 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4741 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4742 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4743 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4744 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4745 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4746 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4747 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4748 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4749 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4750 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4751 4752 4753 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4754 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4755 LookupResult &R, 4756 bool RequiresADL, 4757 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4758 4759 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4760 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4761 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4762 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4763 4764 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4765 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4766 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4767 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4768 ParsedType ObjectType, 4769 bool EnteringContext, 4770 TemplateTy &Template); 4771 4772 DeclResult 4773 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4774 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4775 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4776 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4777 TemplateTy Template, 4778 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4779 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4780 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4781 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4782 AttributeList *Attr, 4783 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4784 4785 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4786 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4787 Declarator &D); 4788 4789 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4790 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4791 Declarator &D); 4792 4793 bool 4794 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4795 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4796 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4797 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4798 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4799 bool &SuppressNew); 4800 4801 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4802 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4803 LookupResult &Previous); 4804 4805 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4806 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4807 LookupResult &Previous); 4808 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4809 4810 DeclResult 4811 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4812 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4813 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4814 unsigned TagSpec, 4815 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4816 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4817 TemplateTy Template, 4818 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4819 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4820 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4821 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4822 AttributeList *Attr); 4823 4824 DeclResult 4825 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4826 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4827 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4828 unsigned TagSpec, 4829 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4830 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4831 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4832 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4833 AttributeList *Attr); 4834 4835 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4836 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4837 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4838 Declarator &D); 4839 4840 TemplateArgumentLoc 4841 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4842 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4843 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4844 Decl *Param, 4845 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4846 4847 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4848 /// argument is being checked. 4849 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4850 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4851 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4852 CTAK_Specified, 4853 4854 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4855 /// deduction. 4856 CTAK_Deduced, 4857 4858 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4859 /// via template argument deduction. 4860 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4861 }; 4862 4863 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4864 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4865 NamedDecl *Template, 4866 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4867 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4868 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4869 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4870 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4871 4872 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4873 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4874 /// 4875 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4876 /// provided. 4877 /// 4878 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4879 /// 4880 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4881 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4882 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4883 /// arguments. 4884 /// 4885 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4886 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4887 /// set of template arguments. 4888 /// 4889 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4890 /// arguments. 4891 /// 4892 /// 4893 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4894 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4895 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4896 /// 4897 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4898 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4899 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4900 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4901 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4902 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4903 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4904 4905 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4906 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4907 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4908 4909 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4910 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4911 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4912 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4913 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4914 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4915 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4916 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4917 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4918 4919 ExprResult 4920 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4921 QualType ParamType, 4922 SourceLocation Loc); 4923 ExprResult 4924 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4925 SourceLocation Loc); 4926 4927 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4928 /// for equality. 4929 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4930 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4931 /// that might be redeclarations. 4932 /// 4933 /// \code 4934 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4935 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4936 /// \endcode 4937 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4938 4939 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4940 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4941 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4942 /// 4943 /// \code 4944 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4945 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4946 /// \endcode 4947 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4948 4949 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4950 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4951 /// template parameter. 4952 /// 4953 /// \code 4954 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4955 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4956 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4957 /// \endcode 4958 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4959 }; 4960 4961 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4962 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4963 bool Complain, 4964 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4965 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4966 = SourceLocation()); 4967 4968 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4969 4970 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4971 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4972 /// 4973 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4974 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4975 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4976 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4977 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4978 TypeResult 4979 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4980 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4981 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4982 4983 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4984 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4985 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4986 /// 4987 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4988 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4989 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4990 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4991 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4992 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4993 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4994 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4995 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4996 TypeResult 4997 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4998 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4999 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5000 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5001 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5002 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5003 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5004 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5005 5006 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5007 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5008 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5009 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5010 SourceLocation IILoc); 5011 5012 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5013 SourceLocation Loc, 5014 DeclarationName Name); 5015 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5016 5017 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5018 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5019 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5020 5021 std::string 5022 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5023 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5024 5025 std::string 5026 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5027 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5028 unsigned NumArgs); 5029 5030 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5031 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5032 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5033 5034 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5035 /// being diagnosed. 5036 /// 5037 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5038 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5039 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5040 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5041 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5042 5043 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5044 UPPC_BaseType, 5045 5046 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5047 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5048 5049 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5050 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5051 5052 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5053 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5054 5055 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5056 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5057 5058 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5059 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5060 5061 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5062 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5063 5064 /// \brief A using declaration. 5065 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5066 5067 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5068 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5069 5070 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5071 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5072 5073 /// \brief An initializer. 5074 UPPC_Initializer, 5075 5076 /// \brief A default argument. 5077 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5078 5079 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5080 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5081 5082 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5083 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5084 5085 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5086 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5087 5088 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5089 UPPC_IfExists, 5090 5091 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5092 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5093 5094 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5095 UPPC_Lambda, 5096 5097 /// \brief Block expression, 5098 UPPC_Block 5099}; 5100 5101 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5102 /// 5103 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5104 /// 5105 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5106 /// parameter packs. 5107 /// 5108 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5109 /// 5110 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5111 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5112 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5113 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5114 5115 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5116 /// diagnose the error. 5117 /// 5118 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5121 /// packs. 5122 /// 5123 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5124 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5125 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5126 5127 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5128 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5129 /// 5130 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5131 /// parameter packs. 5132 /// 5133 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5134 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5135 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5136 5137 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5138 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5141 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5142 /// 5143 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5144 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5145 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5146 5147 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5148 /// diagnose the error. 5149 /// 5150 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5151 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5152 /// 5153 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5154 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5155 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5156 5157 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5158 /// diagnose the error. 5159 /// 5160 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5161 /// 5162 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5163 /// parameter packs. 5164 /// 5165 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5166 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5167 TemplateName Template, 5168 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5169 5170 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5171 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5172 /// 5173 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5174 /// parameter packs. 5175 /// 5176 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5177 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5178 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5179 5180 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5181 /// template argument. 5182 /// 5183 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5184 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5185 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5186 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5187 5188 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5189 /// template argument. 5190 /// 5191 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5192 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5193 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5194 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5195 5196 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5197 /// type. 5198 /// 5199 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5200 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5201 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5202 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5203 5204 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5205 /// type. 5206 /// 5207 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5208 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5209 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5210 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5211 5212 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5213 /// nested-name-specifier. 5214 /// 5215 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5216 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5217 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5218 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5219 5220 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5221 /// name. 5222 /// 5223 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5224 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5225 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5226 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5227 5228 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5229 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5230 /// 5231 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5232 /// may already be invalid. 5233 /// 5234 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5235 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5236 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5237 5238 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5239 /// creates a pack expansion. 5240 /// 5241 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5242 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5243 /// 5244 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5245 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5246 5247 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5248 /// expansion. 5249 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5250 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5251 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5252 5253 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5254 /// expansion. 5255 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5256 SourceRange PatternRange, 5257 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5258 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5259 5260 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5261 /// creates a pack expansion. 5262 /// 5263 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5264 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5265 /// 5266 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5267 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5268 5269 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5270 /// creates a pack expansion. 5271 /// 5272 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5273 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5274 /// 5275 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5276 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5277 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5278 5279 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5280 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5281 /// transforming the pattern. 5282 /// 5283 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5284 /// pack expansion. 5285 /// 5286 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5287 /// the pack expansion. 5288 /// 5289 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5290 /// pattern. 5291 /// 5292 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5293 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5294 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5295 /// 5296 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5297 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5298 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5299 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5300 /// 5301 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5302 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5303 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5304 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5305 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5306 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5307 /// set this value in other cases. 5308 /// 5309 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5310 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5311 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5312 /// must be set. 5313 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5314 SourceRange PatternRange, 5315 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5316 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5317 bool &ShouldExpand, 5318 bool &RetainExpansion, 5319 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5320 5321 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5322 /// type. 5323 /// 5324 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5325 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5326 /// 5327 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5328 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5329 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5330 5331 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5332 /// parameter packs. 5333 /// 5334 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5335 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5336 /// 5337 /// \code 5338 /// void f(T...); 5339 /// \endcode 5340 /// 5341 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5342 /// a variadic function. 5343 /// 5344 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5345 /// false otherwise. 5346 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5347 5348 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5349 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5350 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5351 5352 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5353 /// 5354 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5355 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5356 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5357 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5358 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5359 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5360 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5361 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5362 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5363 TDK_Success = 0, 5364 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5365 TDK_Invalid, 5366 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5367 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5368 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5369 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5370 /// for every template parameter. 5371 TDK_Incomplete, 5372 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5373 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5374 TDK_Inconsistent, 5375 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5376 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5377 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5378 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5379 TDK_Underqualified, 5380 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5381 /// resulted in an error. 5382 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5383 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5384 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5385 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5386 /// arguments provided. 5387 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5388 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5389 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5390 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5391 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5392 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5393 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5394 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5395 /// template arguments for the given template. 5396 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5397 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5398 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5399 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5400 }; 5401 5402 TemplateDeductionResult 5403 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5404 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5405 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5406 5407 TemplateDeductionResult 5408 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5409 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5410 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5411 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5412 QualType *FunctionType, 5413 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5414 5415 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5416 // deduction for a call. 5417 struct OriginalCallArg { 5418 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5419 unsigned ArgIdx, 5420 QualType OriginalArgType) 5421 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5422 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5423 5424 QualType OriginalParamType; 5425 unsigned ArgIdx; 5426 QualType OriginalArgType; 5427 }; 5428 5429 TemplateDeductionResult 5430 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5431 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5432 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5433 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5434 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5435 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5436 5437 TemplateDeductionResult 5438 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5439 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5440 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5441 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5442 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5443 5444 TemplateDeductionResult 5445 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5446 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5447 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5448 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5449 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5450 5451 TemplateDeductionResult 5452 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5453 QualType ToType, 5454 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5455 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5456 5457 TemplateDeductionResult 5458 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5459 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5460 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5461 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5462 5463 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5464 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5465 DAR_Succeeded, 5466 DAR_Failed, 5467 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5468 }; 5469 5470 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5471 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5472 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5473 5474 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5475 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5476 SourceLocation Loc, 5477 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5478 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5479 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5480 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5481 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5482 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5483 SourceLocation Loc, 5484 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5485 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5486 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5487 bool Complain = true, 5488 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5489 5490 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5491 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5492 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5493 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5494 SourceLocation Loc); 5495 5496 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5497 bool OnlyDeduced, 5498 unsigned Depth, 5499 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5500 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5501 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5502 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5503 } 5504 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5505 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5506 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5507 5508 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5509 // C++ Template Instantiation 5510 // 5511 5512 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5513 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5514 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5515 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5516 5517 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5518 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5519 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5520 enum InstantiationKind { 5521 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5522 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5523 TemplateInstantiation, 5524 5525 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5526 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5527 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5528 /// arguments as specified. 5529 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5530 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5531 5532 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5533 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5534 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5535 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5536 5537 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5538 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5539 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5540 5541 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5542 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5543 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5544 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5545 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5546 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5547 5548 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5549 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5550 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5551 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5552 5553 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5554 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5555 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5556 5557 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5558 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5559 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5560 } Kind; 5561 5562 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5563 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5564 5565 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5566 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5567 /// arguments. 5568 NamedDecl *Template; 5569 5570 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5571 Decl *Entity; 5572 5573 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5574 /// are not part of the entity. 5575 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5576 5577 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5578 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5579 5580 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5581 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5582 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5583 5584 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5585 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5586 /// template instantiation. 5587 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5588 5589 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5590 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5591 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5592 5593 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5594 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5595 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5596 5597 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5598 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5599 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5600 return false; 5601 5602 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5603 return false; 5604 5605 switch (X.Kind) { 5606 case TemplateInstantiation: 5607 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5608 return true; 5609 5610 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5611 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5612 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5613 return false; 5614 5615 // Fall through 5616 5617 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5618 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5619 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5620 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5621 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5622 5623 } 5624 5625 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5626 } 5627 5628 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5629 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5630 return !(X == Y); 5631 } 5632 }; 5633 5634 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5635 /// 5636 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5637 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5638 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5639 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5640 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5641 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5642 5643 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5644 /// template instantiation. 5645 /// 5646 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5647 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5648 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5649 5650 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5651 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5652 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5653 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5654 5655 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5656 /// error or warning was produced. 5657 /// 5658 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5659 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5660 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5661 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5662 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5663 5664 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5665 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5666 /// 5667 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5668 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5669 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5670 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5671 5672 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5673 /// within a \c Sema object. 5674 /// 5675 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5676 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5677 Sema &Self; 5678 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5679 5680 public: 5681 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5682 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5683 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5684 } 5685 5686 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5687 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5688 } 5689 }; 5690 5691 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5692 5693 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5694 /// 5695 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5696 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5697 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5698 5699 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5700 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5701 /// deduction. 5702 /// 5703 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5704 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5705 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5706 5707 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5708 /// instantiation. 5709 /// 5710 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5711 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5712 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5713 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5714 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5715 /// 5716 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5717 /// the stack. 5718 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5719 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5720 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5721 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5722 Decl *Entity, 5723 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5724 5725 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5726 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5727 /// of a function template. 5728 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5729 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5730 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5731 5732 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5733 /// template-id. 5734 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5735 TemplateDecl *Template, 5736 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5737 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5738 5739 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5740 /// template-id. 5741 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5742 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5743 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5744 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5745 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5746 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5747 5748 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5749 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5750 /// specialization. 5751 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5752 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5753 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5754 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5755 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5756 5757 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5758 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5759 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5760 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5761 5762 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5763 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5764 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5765 NamedDecl *Template, 5766 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5767 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5768 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5769 5770 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5771 NamedDecl *Template, 5772 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5773 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5774 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5775 5776 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5777 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5778 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5779 TemplateDecl *Template, 5780 NamedDecl *Param, 5781 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5782 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5783 5784 5785 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5786 void Clear(); 5787 5788 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5789 5790 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5791 /// recursive template instantiations. 5792 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5793 5794 private: 5795 Sema &SemaRef; 5796 bool Invalid; 5797 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5798 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5799 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5800 5801 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5802 5803 InstantiatingTemplate& 5804 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5805 }; 5806 5807 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5808 5809 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5810 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5811 /// errors. 5812 /// 5813 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5814 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5815 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5816 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5817 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5818 5819 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5820 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5821 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5822 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5823 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5824 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5825 } 5826 5827 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5828 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5829 /// deduction.` 5830 class SFINAETrap { 5831 Sema &SemaRef; 5832 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5833 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5834 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5835 5836 public: 5837 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5838 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5839 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5840 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5841 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5842 { 5843 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5844 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5845 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5846 } 5847 5848 ~SFINAETrap() { 5849 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5850 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5851 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5852 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5853 } 5854 5855 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5856 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5857 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5858 } 5859 }; 5860 5861 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5862 /// variables. 5863 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5864 5865 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5866 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5867 5868 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5869 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5870 5871 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5872 /// name lookup. 5873 /// 5874 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5875 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5876 /// string represents a keyword. 5877 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5878 5879 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5880 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5881 5882 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5883 /// 5884 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5885 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5886 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5887 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5888 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5889 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5890 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5891 5892 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5893 /// but have not yet been performed. 5894 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5895 5896 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5897 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5898 /// 5899 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5900 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5901 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5902 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5903 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5904 5905 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5906 5907 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5908 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5909 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5910 5911 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5912 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5913 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5914 5915 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5916 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5917 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5918 5919 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5920 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5921 SourceLocation Loc, 5922 DeclarationName Entity, 5923 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5924 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5925 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5926 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5927 int indexAdjustment, 5928 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5929 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5930 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5931 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5932 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5933 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5934 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5935 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5936 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5937 5938 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5939 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5940 /// 5941 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5942 /// 5943 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5944 /// 5945 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5946 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5947 /// 5948 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5949 /// 5950 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5951 /// 5952 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5953 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5954 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5955 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5956 5957 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5958 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5959 5960 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5961 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5962 5963 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5964 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5965 bool CXXDirectInit); 5966 5967 bool 5968 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5969 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5970 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5971 5972 bool 5973 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5974 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5975 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5976 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5977 bool Complain = true); 5978 5979 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5980 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5981 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5982 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5983 5984 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5985 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5986 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5987 Decl *NewDecl; 5988 5989 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5990 Decl *D) 5991 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5992 { } 5993 }; 5994 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5995 5996 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5997 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5998 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5999 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6000 6001 bool 6002 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6003 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6004 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6005 bool Complain = true); 6006 6007 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6008 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6009 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6010 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6011 6012 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6013 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6014 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6015 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6016 6017 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6018 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6019 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6020 6021 DeclarationNameInfo 6022 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6023 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6024 TemplateName 6025 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6026 SourceLocation Loc, 6027 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6028 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6029 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6030 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6031 6032 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6033 FunctionDecl *Function); 6034 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6035 FunctionDecl *Function, 6036 bool Recursive = false, 6037 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6038 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6039 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6040 VarDecl *Var, 6041 bool Recursive = false, 6042 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6043 6044 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6045 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6046 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6047 6048 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6049 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6050 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6051 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6052 6053 // Objective-C declarations. 6054 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6055 OCK_None = -1, 6056 OCK_Interface = 0, 6057 OCK_Protocol, 6058 OCK_Category, 6059 OCK_ClassExtension, 6060 OCK_Implementation, 6061 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6062 }; 6063 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6064 6065 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6066 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6067 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6068 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6069 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6070 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6071 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6072 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6073 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6074 AttributeList *AttrList); 6075 6076 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6077 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6078 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6079 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6080 6081 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6082 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6083 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6084 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6085 6086 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6087 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6088 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6089 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6090 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6091 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6092 AttributeList *AttrList); 6093 6094 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6095 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6096 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6097 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6098 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6099 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6100 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6101 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6102 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6103 6104 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6105 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6106 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6107 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6108 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6109 6110 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6111 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6112 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6113 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6114 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6115 6116 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6117 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6118 6119 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6120 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6121 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6122 unsigned NumElts); 6123 6124 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6125 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6126 unsigned NumElts, 6127 AttributeList *attrList); 6128 6129 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6130 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6131 unsigned NumProtocols, 6132 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6133 6134 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6135 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6136 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6137 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6138 SourceLocation Loc, 6139 unsigned &Attributes, 6140 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6141 6142 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6143 /// setters and getters as needed. 6144 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6145 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6146 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6147 /// in class extension. 6148 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6149 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6150 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6151 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6152 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6153 6154 6155 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6156 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6157 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6158 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6159 6160 6161 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6162 6163 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6164 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6165 6166 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6167 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6168 6169 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6170 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6171 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6172 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6173 6174 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6175 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6176 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6177 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6178 bool *OverridingProperty, 6179 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6180 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6181 6182 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6183 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6184 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6185 bool ImplKind, 6186 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6187 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6188 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6189 6190 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6191 OSMK_None, 6192 OSMK_Alloc, 6193 OSMK_New, 6194 OSMK_Copy, 6195 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6196 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6197 }; 6198 6199 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6200 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6201 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6202 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6203 // in this case. 6204 ParsedType Type; 6205 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6206 6207 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6208 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6209 }; 6210 6211 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6212 Scope *S, 6213 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6214 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6215 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6216 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6217 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6218 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6219 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6220 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6221 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6222 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6223 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6224 6225 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6226 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6227 bool IsInstance); 6228 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6229 bool IsInstance); 6230 6231 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6232 6233 ExprResult 6234 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6235 Expr *BaseExpr, 6236 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6237 DeclarationName MemberName, 6238 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6239 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6240 bool Super); 6241 6242 ExprResult 6243 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6244 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6245 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6246 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6247 6248 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6249 6250 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6251 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6252 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6253 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6254 ObjCSuperMessage, 6255 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6256 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6257 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6258 /// name. 6259 ObjCClassMessage 6260 }; 6261 6262 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6263 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6264 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6265 bool IsSuper, 6266 bool HasTrailingDot, 6267 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6268 6269 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6270 Selector Sel, 6271 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6272 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6273 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6274 MultiExprArg Args); 6275 6276 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6277 QualType ReceiverType, 6278 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6279 Selector Sel, 6280 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6281 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6282 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6283 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6284 MultiExprArg Args, 6285 bool isImplicit = false); 6286 6287 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6288 bool isSuperReceiver, 6289 SourceLocation Loc, 6290 Selector Sel, 6291 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6292 MultiExprArg Args); 6293 6294 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6295 ParsedType Receiver, 6296 Selector Sel, 6297 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6298 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6299 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6300 MultiExprArg Args); 6301 6302 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6303 QualType ReceiverType, 6304 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6305 Selector Sel, 6306 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6307 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6308 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6309 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6310 MultiExprArg Args, 6311 bool isImplicit = false); 6312 6313 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6314 QualType ReceiverType, 6315 SourceLocation Loc, 6316 Selector Sel, 6317 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6318 MultiExprArg Args); 6319 6320 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6321 Expr *Receiver, 6322 Selector Sel, 6323 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6324 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6325 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6326 MultiExprArg Args); 6327 6328 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6329 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6330 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6331 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6332 Expr *SubExpr); 6333 6334 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6335 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6336 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6337 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6338 ParsedType Type, 6339 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6340 Expr *SubExpr); 6341 6342 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6343 6344 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6345 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6346 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6347 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6348 bool IsImplementation); 6349 6350 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6351 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6352 RTC_Compatible, 6353 RTC_Incompatible, 6354 RTC_Unknown 6355 }; 6356 6357 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6358 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6359 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6360 6361 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6362 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6363 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6364 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6365 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6366 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6367 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6368 }; 6369 6370 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6371 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6372 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6373 6374 enum PragmaPackKind { 6375 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6376 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6377 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6378 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6379 }; 6380 6381 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6382 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6383 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6384 }; 6385 6386 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6387 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6388 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6389 Expr *Alignment, 6390 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6391 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6392 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6393 6394 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6395 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6396 6397 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6398 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6399 Scope *curScope, 6400 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6401 6402 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6403 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6404 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6405 6406 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6407 SourceLocation Loc); 6408 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6409 6410 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6411 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6412 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6413 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6414 6415 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6416 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6417 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6418 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6419 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6420 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6421 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6422 6423 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6424 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6425 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6426 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6427 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6428 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6429 6430 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6431 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6432 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6433 6434 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6435 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6436 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6437 6438 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6439 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6440 6441 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6442 void FreePackedContext(); 6443 6444 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6445 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6446 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6447 SourceLocation Loc); 6448 6449 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6450 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6451 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6452 6453 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6454 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6455 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6456 6457 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6458 void FreeVisContext(); 6459 6460 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6461 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6462 /// the appropriate attribute. 6463 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6464 6465 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6466 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6467 bool isDeclSpec); 6468 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6469 bool isDeclSpec); 6470 6471 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6472 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6473 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6474 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6475 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6476 CCK_CStyleCast, 6477 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6478 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6479 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6480 CCK_OtherCast 6481 }; 6482 6483 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6484 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6485 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6486 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6487 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6488 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6489 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6490 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6491 6492 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6493 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6494 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6495 6496 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6497 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6498 /// required. 6499 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6500 6501 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6502 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6503 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6504 6505 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6506 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6507 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6508 6509 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6510 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6511 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6512 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6513 6514 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6515 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6516 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6517 // type. 6518 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6519 6520 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6521 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6522 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6523 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6524 6525 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6526 enum VariadicCallType { 6527 VariadicFunction, 6528 VariadicBlock, 6529 VariadicMethod, 6530 VariadicConstructor, 6531 VariadicDoesNotApply 6532 }; 6533 6534 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6535 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6536 Expr *Fn); 6537 6538 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6539 // vararg function. 6540 enum VarArgKind { 6541 VAK_Valid, 6542 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6543 VAK_Invalid 6544 }; 6545 6546 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6547 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6548 6549 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6550 /// form of call prototypes. 6551 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6552 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6553 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6554 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6555 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6556 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6557 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6558 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6559 6560 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6561 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6562 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6563 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6564 6565 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6566 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6567 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6568 6569 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6570 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6571 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6572 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6573 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6574 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6575 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6576 6577 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6578 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6579 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6580 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6581 /// source and destination type. 6582 enum AssignConvertType { 6583 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6584 Compatible, 6585 6586 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6587 /// accept as an extension. 6588 PointerToInt, 6589 6590 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6591 /// accept as an extension. 6592 IntToPointer, 6593 6594 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6595 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6596 FunctionVoidPointer, 6597 6598 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6599 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6600 IncompatiblePointer, 6601 6602 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6603 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6604 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6605 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6606 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6607 6608 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6609 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6610 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6611 6612 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6613 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6614 /// like address spaces. 6615 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6616 6617 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6618 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6619 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6620 /// extension. 6621 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6622 6623 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6624 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6625 IncompatibleVectors, 6626 6627 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6628 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6629 IntToBlockPointer, 6630 6631 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6632 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6633 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6634 6635 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6636 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6637 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6638 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6639 6640 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6641 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6642 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6643 6644 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6645 /// represent it in the AST. 6646 Incompatible 6647 }; 6648 6649 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6650 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6651 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6652 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6653 SourceLocation Loc, 6654 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6655 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6656 bool *Complained = 0); 6657 6658 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6659 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6660 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6661 Expr *SrcExpr); 6662 6663 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6664 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6665 /// C99 6.5.16. 6666 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6667 QualType LHSType, 6668 QualType RHSType); 6669 6670 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6671 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6672 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6673 ExprResult &RHS, 6674 CastKind &Kind); 6675 6676 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6677 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6678 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6679 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6680 ExprResult &RHS, 6681 bool Diagnose = true); 6682 6683 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6684 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6685 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6686 ExprResult &RHS); 6687 6688 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6689 6690 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6691 6692 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6693 AssignmentAction Action, 6694 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6695 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6696 AssignmentAction Action, 6697 bool AllowExplicit, 6698 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6699 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6700 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6701 AssignmentAction Action, 6702 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6703 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6704 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6705 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6706 AssignmentAction Action, 6707 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6708 6709 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6710 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6711 6712 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6713 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6714 ExprResult &RHS); 6715 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6716 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6717 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6718 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6719 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6720 bool IsDivide); 6721 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6722 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6723 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6724 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6725 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6726 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6727 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6728 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6729 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6730 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6731 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6732 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6733 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6734 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6735 bool isRelational); 6736 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6737 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6738 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6739 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6740 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6741 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6742 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6743 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6744 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6745 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6746 6747 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6748 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6749 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6750 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6751 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6752 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6753 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6754 6755 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6756 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6757 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6758 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6759 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6760 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6761 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6762 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6763 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6764 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6765 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6766 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6767 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6768 NonStandardCompositeType); 6769 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6770 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6771 return Composite; 6772 } 6773 6774 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6775 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6776 6777 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6778 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6779 6780 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6781 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6782 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6783 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6784 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6785 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6786 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6787 SourceLocation Loc); 6788 6789 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6790 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6791 6792 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6793 6794 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6795 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6796 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6797 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6798 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6799 /// reference binding is not possible. 6800 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6801 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6802 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6803 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6804 Ref_Related, 6805 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6806 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6807 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6808 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6809 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6810 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6811 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6812 Ref_Compatible 6813 }; 6814 6815 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6816 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6817 bool &DerivedToBase, 6818 bool &ObjCConversion, 6819 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6820 6821 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6822 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6823 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6824 6825 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6826 /// given type. 6827 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6828 6829 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6830 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6831 /// 6832 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6833 /// argument is invalid. 6834 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6835 6836 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6837 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6838 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6839 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6840 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6841 CastKind &Kind); 6842 6843 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6844 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6845 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6846 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6847 // returns the cast expr 6848 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6849 CastKind &Kind); 6850 6851 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6852 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6853 Expr *CastExpr, 6854 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6855 6856 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6857 6858 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6859 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6860 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6861 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6862 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6863 6864 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6865 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6866 6867 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6868 QualType ExprType); 6869 6870 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6871 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6872 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6873 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6874 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6875 6876 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6877 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6878 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6879 6880 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6881 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6882 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6883 6884 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6885 /// \param Method - May be null. 6886 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6887 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6888 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6889 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6890 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6891 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6892 bool isSuperMessage, 6893 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6894 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6895 6896 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6897 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6898 /// and the form of the message send. 6899 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6900 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6901 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6902 6903 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6904 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6905 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6906 6907 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6908 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6909 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6910 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6911 /// 6912 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6913 /// 'if' keyword. 6914 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6915 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6916 6917 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6918 Expr *SubExpr); 6919 6920 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6921 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6922 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6923 6924 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6925 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6926 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6927 6928 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6929 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6930 6931 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6932 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6933 /// the specified diagnostic. 6934 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6935 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6936 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6937 6938 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6939 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6940 /// in the global scope. 6941 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6942 6943 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6944 /// expression violations. 6945 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6946 public: 6947 bool Suppress; 6948 6949 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6950 6951 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6952 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6953 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6954 }; 6955 6956 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6957 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6958 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6959 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6960 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6961 bool AllowFold = true); 6962 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6963 unsigned DiagID, 6964 bool AllowFold = true); 6965 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6966 6967 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6968 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6969 /// Returns false on success. 6970 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6971 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6972 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6973 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6974 6975 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6976 CFT_Device, 6977 CFT_Global, 6978 CFT_Host, 6979 CFT_HostDevice 6980 }; 6981 6982 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6983 6984 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6985 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6986 6987 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6988 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6989 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6990 } 6991 6992 /// \name Code completion 6993 //@{ 6994 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6995 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6996 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6997 PCC_Namespace, 6998 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6999 PCC_Class, 7000 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7001 /// or category. 7002 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7003 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7004 /// category implementation 7005 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7006 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7007 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7008 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7009 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7010 /// headers. 7011 PCC_Template, 7012 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7013 /// headers within a class. 7014 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7015 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7016 PCC_Expression, 7017 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7018 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7019 PCC_Statement, 7020 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7021 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7022 PCC_ForInit, 7023 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7024 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7025 PCC_Condition, 7026 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7027 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7028 /// in the grammar. 7029 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7030 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7031 PCC_Type, 7032 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7033 /// might also be a type cast. 7034 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7035 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7036 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7037 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7038 }; 7039 7040 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7041 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7042 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7043 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7044 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7045 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7046 7047 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7048 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7049 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7050 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7051 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7052 bool IsArrow); 7053 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7054 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7055 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7056 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7057 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7058 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7059 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7060 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7061 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7062 7063 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7064 bool EnteringContext); 7065 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7066 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7067 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7068 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7069 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7070 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7071 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7072 unsigned NumInitializers); 7073 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7074 bool AfterAmpersand); 7075 7076 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7077 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7078 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7079 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7080 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7081 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7082 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7083 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7084 bool IsParameter); 7085 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7086 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7087 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7088 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7089 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7090 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7091 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7092 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7093 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7094 bool IsSuper = false); 7095 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7096 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7097 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7098 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7099 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7100 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7101 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7102 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7103 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7104 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7105 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7106 unsigned NumProtocols); 7107 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7108 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7109 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7110 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7111 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7112 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7113 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7114 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7115 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7116 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7117 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7118 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7119 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7120 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7121 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7122 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7123 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7124 ParsedType ReturnType); 7125 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7126 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7127 bool AtParameterName, 7128 ParsedType ReturnType, 7129 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7130 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7131 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7132 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7133 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7134 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7135 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7136 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7137 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7138 unsigned Argument); 7139 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7140 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7141 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7142 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7143 //@} 7144 7145 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7146 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7147 7148public: 7149 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7150 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7151 7152private: 7153 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7154 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7155 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7156 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7157 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7158 // FunctionDeclaration. 7159 struct FormatStringInfo { 7160 unsigned FormatIdx; 7161 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7162 bool HasVAListArg; 7163 }; 7164 7165 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7166 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7167 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7168 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7169 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7170 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7171 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7172 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7173 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7174 Expr **Args, 7175 unsigned NumArgs, 7176 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7177 SourceLocation Loc); 7178 7179 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7180 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7181 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7182 VariadicCallType CallType); 7183 7184 7185 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7186 7187 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7188 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7189 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7190 7191 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7192 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7193 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7194 7195public: 7196 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7197 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7198 7199private: 7200 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7201 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7202 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7203 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7204 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7205 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7206 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7207 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7208 7209 enum FormatStringType { 7210 FST_Scanf, 7211 FST_Printf, 7212 FST_NSString, 7213 FST_Strftime, 7214 FST_Strfmon, 7215 FST_Kprintf, 7216 FST_Unknown 7217 }; 7218 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7219 7220 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7221 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7222 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7223 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7224 }; 7225 7226 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7227 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7228 bool HasVAListArg, 7229 unsigned format_idx, 7230 unsigned firstDataArg, 7231 FormatStringType Type, 7232 VariadicCallType CallType, 7233 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7234 7235 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7236 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7237 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7238 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7239 VariadicCallType CallType); 7240 7241 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7242 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7243 VariadicCallType CallType, 7244 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7245 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7246 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7247 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7248 VariadicCallType CallType, 7249 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7250 7251 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7252 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7253 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7254 7255 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7256 unsigned BId, 7257 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7258 7259 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7260 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7261 7262 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7263 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7264 7265 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7266 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7267 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7268 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7269 7270 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7271 Expr *Init); 7272 7273public: 7274 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7275 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7276 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7277 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7278 7279 struct TypeTagData { 7280 TypeTagData() {} 7281 7282 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7283 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7284 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7285 {} 7286 7287 QualType Type; 7288 7289 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7290 /// layout-compatibility. 7291 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7292 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7293 }; 7294 7295 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7296 /// identifies the magic value. 7297 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7298 7299private: 7300 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7301 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7302 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7303 7304 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7305 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7306 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7307 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7308 7309 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7310 /// 7311 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7312 Scope *CurScope; 7313 7314protected: 7315 friend class Parser; 7316 friend class InitializationSequence; 7317 friend class ASTReader; 7318 friend class ASTWriter; 7319 7320public: 7321 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7322 /// 7323 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7324 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7325 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7326 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7327 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7328 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7329 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7330 7331 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7332 7333 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7334 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7335 } 7336 7337 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7338 7339 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7340 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7341 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7342 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7343 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7344 return DC; 7345 } 7346}; 7347 7348/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7349class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7350 Sema &Actions; 7351 7352public: 7353 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7354 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7355 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7356 bool IsDecltype = false) 7357 : Actions(Actions) { 7358 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7359 IsDecltype); 7360 } 7361 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7362 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7363 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7364 bool IsDecltype = false) 7365 : Actions(Actions) { 7366 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7367 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7368 IsDecltype); 7369 } 7370 7371 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7372 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7373 } 7374}; 7375 7376} // end namespace clang 7377 7378#endif 7379